{"title":"Smooth-On","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"alja-safe-3lb","title":"Smooth-On Alja-Safe 3lb Kit","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe to use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis the world’s first alginate molding powder that does not contain crystalline silica (a known carcinogen).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis perfect for making single-use molds of the face, hands and other body parts. It captures detail better than other alginates, giving you a more accurate reproduction of your original.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertified Skin Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - Material is skin safe and certified by an independent laboratory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis easy to use and cures quickly. It reproduces fine detail and makes an excellent temporary mold – good for one or two reproductions of any body part. You can then cast plaster, platinum cure silicone rubber or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eultra-fast urethane resin into the mold to make a reproduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor making re-usable molds of any body part, use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBody Double™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This product has not been tested and should not be used for dental applications.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarter Kit comes with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.85 lb. of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMolding Gel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 lbs. Casting Plaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Store and use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein a dry environment at room temperature.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epowder may get warm in storage\/shipping during the summer months which will cause the powder\/water mixture to set too fast. To remedy, store\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein a cool area (60°C - 70°F or 15°C - 31°C) for 24 hours before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Do not allow moisture to come into contact with unused\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use only with adequate ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractice:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake a mold of your thumb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– make a mold of something small before going on to larger models.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou’ll gain a lot of experience with a small test.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill not stick to most surfaces. When making a mold of the head, a release preparation is recommended to prevent mechanical lock to the hair. CHOLESTEROL Brand Hair Conditioner (available at most pharmacies) can be applied to hair-covered areas prior to applying\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can be washed out of the hair easily after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis mixed 1 part water to 1 part powder by volume (1 cup + 1 cup, for example). You can vary the water level somewhat to change consistency of the mixture. Less water will make\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethicker. More water will make the mixture thinner and easier to pour.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBe careful…\u003c\/strong\u003etoo much water will may result in the mixture not curing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eWater Quality\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Water that has a high mineral content (calcium, phosphate, etc.) may cause any alginate to become “lumpy” or not set properly. A small-scale test is recommended prior to mixing large amounts. If water quality is in question, use distilled water heated to the correct temperature using a stove top or microwave oven if needed. Check water temperature using a thermometer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Of The Water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- At 80° F \/ 27° C, Alja-Safe™ will have a working time of 5 minutes and a demold time of 8 minutes. Warmer water will cause the material to cure faster (less working time). Colder water will give a longer working time and slower demold time.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results, sift Alja-Safe™ powder into water and mix as directed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be hand mixed, but best results will be obtained using a power drill with a mixer attachment. Attach a Jiffy Mixer or Turbine Mixer to a power drill and mix for one minute (depending on volume) to a gel-like consistency – smooth without any powder lumps. Jiffy mixers are available at many hardware stores. Turbine Mixers will yield the best mix and are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™ can be poured around an object or applied to vertical surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring Around An Object\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Once mixed,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be poured around the hand, foot, fingers or other model in a fixed position inside a container. Suspend the model just above the bottom of the container and have at least ½\" (1.27 cm) space between the model and the side walls of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eApply a thin coating of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto the surface of the model by smoothing a small amount of material on by hand. Pour\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto the container at the lowest point and let the material rise around the model. Make sure your model has a good clearance distance from the bottom and sides of the container. Keep your model still until the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esets up. You will know the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas set when it is firm and no longer gel-like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Vertical Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– You may want to experiment with the amount of water added to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto find a thicker consistency that is right for vertical surface application. For example, some customers mix 1 part water to 1.5 parts\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Work\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto model detail with your hands and let cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Support Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Once the alginate cures, a support shell will be necessary to support the alginate mold.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGypsona\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ebandages are ideal for this purpose, and are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCasting Into The Mold\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAll alginate molds will deteriorate quickly. It is recommended that you cast into the mold within 4 hours following demold. Materials commonly cast into alginates include plaster, wax, clay and very fast urethane resins (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast 300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Soft \"Skin-Like\" Castings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– You can cast\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin 10 FAST\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esoft silicone rubber into\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlja-Safe™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emolds to make realistic hands, limbs, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"3lb","offer_id":53335390486828,"sku":"113101","price":69.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20lb","offer_id":53335390519596,"sku":"113102","price":357.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnAlja-Safe3lbKit.png?v=1744758305"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-ultimate-zombie-kit","title":"Smooth-On Ultimate Zombie Kit","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltimate Zombie Kit™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eincludes everything you need to create multiple zombie makeups directly on the skin fast! Ideal for Halloween, Zombie Walks, theatrical and movie make-up applications and more! This kit contains all the supplies needed to make simulated trauma scars, open wounds, burns, cuts, infections, and other skin FX.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkin Tite™\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone can be applied directly to the skin. Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkin Tite™\u003c\/strong\u003e is strong and will bend and flex with natural body movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ultimate Zombie Kit includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkin Tite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThi-Vex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThickening Agent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePigment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber Glass™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing Sticks \u0026amp; Cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep-By-Step How-To Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFake Teeth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakeup Palette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46329487786284,"sku":"117691","price":66.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-zombie-kit.png?v=1781045123"},{"product_id":"oomoo-silicone","title":"Smooth-On OOMOO Silicone","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"herothumb\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Vacuuming – No Scale – Easy To Use . . . OOMOO™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e is an easy to use tin cure silicone rubber compound that features a convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratio (\u003cem\u003eno scale necessary\u003c\/em\u003e). It has a low viscosity for easy mixing and pouring . . .\u003cem\u003e vacuum degassing is not necessary\u003c\/em\u003e. This product cures at room temperature with negligible shrinkage. \u003cstrong\u003eOOMOO™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e has a 15-minute pot life and 75-minute cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor The Novice Mold Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOOMOO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones do not have great tear strength. They are good for making simple one or two-piece block molds. If you require a high tear strength silicone,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOOMOO™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for a variety of art-related and industrial applications including making one and two-piece block molds for sculpture and prototype reproduction, casting plaster, resins and wax.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOOMOO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones are also suitable for electrical potting and encapsulation applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eone-to-one\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby volume mix ratio (\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eno scale necessary\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow viscosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efor easy mixing and pouring . . .\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003evacuum degassing is not necessary\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gallery\"\u003e\u003ca name=\"gallery\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eStoring material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePremix Parts A and B thoroughly before using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded, resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed. Materials found to cause cure inhibition include sulfur-based modeling clays and latex rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo prevent inhibition apply a sealing agent . . . apply a “barrier coat” of clear acrylic lacquer sprayed onto the clay surface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber and for releasing new silicone from cured silicone. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Before you begin, pre-mix Parts A and B thoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Mixture should have a uniform color with no color streaks. If you observe color streaks, continue mixing until they are eliminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. The liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Allow to cure for 75 minutes at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Post curing the mold an additional 4 hours at 150°F (65°C) will eliminate any residual moisture and alcohol which is a by product of the condensation process and may inhibit some resins. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent (\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent sticking and mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete will quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"OOMOO 25 \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":46329665749292,"sku":"115458","price":52.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"OOMOO 25 \/ 2 Gal","offer_id":46329665814828,"sku":"115459","price":297.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"OOMOO 25 \/ 10 Gal","offer_id":53334978494764,"sku":"115460","price":1027.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"OOMOO 30 \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":46329665782060,"sku":"115461","price":52.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"OOMOO 30 \/ 2 Gal","offer_id":46329665847596,"sku":"115462","price":297.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"OOMOO 30 \/ 10 Gal","offer_id":53334978527532,"sku":"115463","price":1027.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnOOMOO-30-Silicone.png?v=1781646333"},{"product_id":"mold-max","title":"Smooth-On Mold Max Series","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 20, 30 \u0026amp; 40 Silicones\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eare tin-cured silicone rubber compounds that have exceptional working properties and library life.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMold Max™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSilicones feature Smooth-On’s exclusive “Libra™” catalyst for long library life.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMold Max™\u003c\/strong\u003e silicones can be pigmented with \u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003esilicone colorants.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePot life for the pourable silicones is 45 minutes and they cure overnight at room temperature.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 10T \u0026amp; 15T\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone is a water white translucent tin cured silicone rubber compound that has exceptional tear strength and working properties. It features Smooth-On’s “Libra™” catalyst for long library life. Mixed 100A:10B by weight, vacuum degassing is recommended for de-airing. Rubber cures overnight at room temperature.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ ‘T’\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones can be thickened with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThi‑Vex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethickener for brush-on application and effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 14NV\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a Shore 14A tin-catalyzed silicone rubber that offers low viscosity, fast cure and long library life.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 14 NV does not require vacuum degassing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMix ratio is 100A:10B by weight. Working time is 40 minutes and cure time is 4 hours at room temperature.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 14NV\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill reproduce the finest detail and is suitable for a variety of industrial and art related applications including making molds for reproducing prototypes, furniture, sculpture and architectural elements.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 60\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a Shore 60A tin catalyzed silicone mold rubber formulated for applications requiring high heat resistance (up to 560°F\/294°C). It features a low mixed viscosity and cured rubber exhibits very low linear shrinkage. Parts A \u0026amp; B are mixed 100A \u0026amp; 3B by weight. Pot life is 40 minutes and cure time is 24 hours. Applications include making foundry patterns, flat pattern reproductions and casting low-melt metal alloys such as tin and pewter.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ STROKE\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brushable tin silicone rubber that self-thickens for making fast brush-on molds of almost any model. Properly applied, it will hold a vertical surface and will reproduce the finest detail. Mixed 100A:10B by weight, rubber quickly develops thixotropy and can be applied with a brush or spatula. Working time is 30 - 45 minutes with a re-coat time of 60 - 90 minutes depending on relative humidity. Cure time after the final layer has been applied is 16 hours at room temperature.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"10T Translucent \/ Quart","offer_id":50356332364076,"sku":"115944","price":63.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10T Translucent \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356332396844,"sku":"124297","price":176.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15T Translucent \/ Quart","offer_id":50356332462380,"sku":"115945","price":80.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15T Translucent \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356332495148,"sku":"115946","price":159.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15T Translucent \/ 5 Gallon","offer_id":50356332527916,"sku":"115947","price":639.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14NV \/ Quart","offer_id":50356332560684,"sku":"121699","price":51.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14NV \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356332593452,"sku":"125579","price":169.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Tin Cure \/ Quart","offer_id":46329994608940,"sku":"117478","price":53.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Tin Cure \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356330103084,"sku":"117479","price":175.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Tin Cure \/ 5 Gallon","offer_id":50356330135852,"sku":"117481","price":656.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 Tin Cure \/ Quart","offer_id":46329994674476,"sku":"115443","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 Tin Cure \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356330168620,"sku":"115516","price":192.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 Tin Cure \/ 5 Gallon","offer_id":50356330201388,"sku":"115517","price":668.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 Tin Cure \/ Quart","offer_id":46329994871084,"sku":"116781","price":55.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 Tin Cure \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356330234156,"sku":"116782","price":173.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 Tin Cure \/ 5 Gallon","offer_id":50356330266924,"sku":"116783","price":668.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 High Heat \/ Quart","offer_id":46329995034924,"sku":"115518","price":49.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 High Heat \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356330299692,"sku":"115519","price":177.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 High Heat \/ 5 Gallon","offer_id":50356330332460,"sku":"115520","price":768.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"A30 Stroke \/ Quart","offer_id":50356356088108,"sku":"116349","price":51.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"A30 Stroke \/ Gallon","offer_id":50356356120876,"sku":"116350","price":165.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnMoldMax.png?v=1744754797"},{"product_id":"foam-it-8","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT!™ 8","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use. F\u003cstrong\u003eOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed 2A:1B by weight. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a unique, self-skinning foam with a finer, more uniform cell structure than the other\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 8\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecan be cast in blocks as a machinable prototype modeling board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use Universal Mold Release by itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1.25 Quart","offer_id":46330165002540,"sku":"115447","price":51.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Gallon","offer_id":46330165035308,"sku":"115448","price":310.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-foam-it-8.png?v=1781044253"},{"product_id":"mold-star-30","title":"Smooth-On Mold Star 30","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e mold rubbers are easy to use platinum silicones which are mixed 1A:1B by volume (no weighing scale necessary).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones feature relatively low viscosities and vacuum degassing is not required for most applications. \u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 30\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a harder material, with a 30A Shore hardness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones cure to soft, strong rubbers which are tear resistant and exhibit very low long term shrinkage. Molds made with\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill last a long time in your mold library and are good for casting wax, gypsum, resins, and other materials. Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubber is heat resistant up to 450°F (232°C) and is suitable for casting low-temperature melt metal alloys.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Mold Star™ rubbers are not intended for brush-on moldmaking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: This product will not cure against surfaces containing sulfur, even when sealed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Addition cured silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed. To prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEven with a sealer, Mold Star™ silicones will not cure against surfaces containing sulfur. If you are not sure if your clay contains sulfur, do a small compatibility test before using for an important project.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when casting into most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for releasing silicone from silicone or other surfaces. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Before you begin, pre-mix Part A and Part B separately. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emaking sure that you\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003escrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe rubber should be a uniform color with no streaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional...\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eVacuum Degassing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not necessary, vacuum degassing helps eliminate any entrapped air in pourable silicone rubber. After mixing parts A and B, vacuum material for 2-3 minutes at 29 inches of mercury, making sure that you leave enough room in container for product expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its own level.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, the liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 30\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emust be allowed to cure for\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e6 hours\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eat room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Time to demold can be reduced by applying mild heat.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExample:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter pouring Mold Star™ 16 rubber at room temperature, place the mold in a hot box or industrial oven at 140°F (60°C). This will reduce the time to demold of a 1\/2” (1.3 cm) thick section to about 10 minutes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTime will vary depending on mold thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding an appropriate amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlat-Cat™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecure accelerator will also reduce demold time. The pot life and cure times can be extended using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlo-Jo™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecure retarder. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210675478828,"sku":"117317","price":46.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gal","offer_id":53210675511596,"sku":"121109","price":313.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210675544364,"sku":"125966","price":1349.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/mold-star-30.jpg?v=1778708013"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-xtc-3d-epoxy-6-4-oz-kit","title":"Smooth-On XTC-3D","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™ is a protective coating for smoothing and finishing 3D printed parts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTwo liquids are mixed together and brushed onto any 3D print. Coating self-levels and wets out uniformly without leaving brush strokes. Working time is 10 minutes and cure time is about 4 hours (depending on mass and temperature).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecures to a hard, impact resistant coating that can be sanded, primed and painted. Adding colors and metal effects is easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInexpensive to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– 1 oz covers 100+ square inches (see coverage information below).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e90% Time \u0026amp; Labor Savings: XTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efills in 3D print striations and creates a smooth, high gloss finish. The need to post finish is almost eliminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoat any 3D Print Surface - XTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be applied to both SLA and SLS prints. It works with PLA, ABS, Laywoo, Powder Printed Parts and other rigid media. It also can be used to coat EPS, EPDM and urethane foam as well as wood, plaster, fabric, cardboard and paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edoes not contain VOC’s, phthalates or phosphates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation –\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a room temperature environment (73°F\/23°C). Elevated temperatures will reduce Pot Life.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart A resin and Part B Hardener must be properly measured and thoroughly mixed to achieve full, high-strength, solid-cure properties.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid eye and skin contact. Avoid breathing fumes - use in a well ventilated area. NIOSH approved respirator is recommended. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize skin contact. This material has a high exotherm (generates heat). Do not mix components in glass or foam containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCoverage\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA very small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis needed to coat an average size 3D print. 1 oz \/ 28.3 grams of mixed material will cover 101 in2 (651 cm2 ) applied at 1\/64” (.04 cm) thickness. Pre-Mix Part B: Before using, shake container vigorously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring and Dispensing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eYou need to be accurate in measuring for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto cure properly. Parts A and B can be measured by either volume or weight. Dispense proper proportions of parts A and B into clean plastic, metal or wax-free paper containers (do not use foam or glass cups).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eExtending Working Time\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf left in a mixing cup with a concentrated mass, pot life will be short and material may cure in your cup due to exotherm. Important - Reduce the mass of the mixture to increase working time. Example: layer two sheets of aluminum foil together and create a single-use flat tray with vertical sides to contain the liquid resin. After mixing parts A and B, pour mixture into the aluminum foil to reduce the mass. Your working time will be significantly increased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBe sure mixing utensils have a square edge and are clean. Combine and mix proper amounts of Parts A and B. Mix thoroughly for at least 1 minute. Aggressively scrape the sides and bottom of mixing container several times. Use the square edge of mixing stick to bring material off of the sides and bottom of container and blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Mixed XTC-3D™ Resin is exothermic, meaning it generates heat. A large, concentrated mass of mixed material in a container can generate enough heat to melt a plastic cup, burn your skin or ignite combustible materials. If material begins to exotherm, move it outside to an open air environment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdding Color\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIGNITE™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecolorants. Pre-mix color with Part A before combining with Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdding Fillers\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA variety of dry fillers can be added such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast Magic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor bronze or other metal powders,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlow Worm™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuarry Tone™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUre-Fil™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epowders. The maximum filler load is an amount equal to Part A by volume. Pre-mix filler with Part A before combining with Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying XTC-3D\u003c\/strong\u003e™\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use a disposable chip brush or foam brush to apply\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e. To achieve the thinnest coating possible we recommend applying material with a foam brush. Brushing on one thin layer of mixed material is recommended for most prints to create a smooth, uniform coating: less than 1\/64“(.039 cm). To avoid drips and runs, continue brushing and working the surface until the resin begins to set up. For particularly complicated prints with intricate detail you may want to coat one a section at a time for better control.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebonds to itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf Adding More Layers\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eallow first layer to partially cure until “tacky hard” before applying the next layer. For best results, each layer should be applied thinly: less than 1\/64“(.039 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOne layer will cure tack free in about 2 hours at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Mild heat (150° F\/60° C) will cure material within 15 minutes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBe careful:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003esome 3D print media will melt at temperatures above 200°F. Fully cured material will be hard and unable to penetrate with a finger nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Finishing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured material can be machined or sanded (wear NIOSH approved respirator mask to prevent inhalation).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePainting\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be painted and\/or primed and then painted with acrylic enamel paints. For best results, lightly sand surface prior to painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eThinning XTC-3D™ for Coating Starch \/ Powder Printed Parts -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eViscosity can be lowered with acetone or denatured alcohol to penetrate porous parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"1\" border=\"1\" align=\"center\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix Ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMix 200 Parts A + 100 Parts B + 25 Parts Solvent.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThinner:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMix 200 Parts A + 100 Parts B + 50 Parts Solvent.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe more solvent added, the longer\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill take to cure. Cured material will be more flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSmoothing Surface\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003egranular surface texture can be smoothed by applying a second coat of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(for glossy finish) or lightly sanding for matte finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying a Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor applications where adhesion is not desired, a spray release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On may be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemoving Uncured Material -\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eScrape as much material as possible from the surface using a scraper. Clean the residue with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eE-POX-EE KLEENER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On, lacquer thinner, acetone or alcohol. Follow safety warnings pertaining to solvents and provide adequate ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMaking Molds of Models Coated with XTC-3D™\u003c\/em\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid mold making rubbers will adhere to cured\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Before mixing and applying Smooth-On silicone or urethane mold making rubbers, apply a thorough coating of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200 or 205\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erelease agent over cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTC-3D™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand let dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"6.4 Oz","offer_id":50972716499244,"sku":"1006302","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 Oz","offer_id":50972716532012,"sku":"118862","price":54.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnXTC-3D-6.4oz.png?v=1745340412"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-50-wet-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC 121\/50 Wet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\/50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a “wet-only” mold rubber that is long lasting and durable when used in a variety of applications including reproduction of ornamental plaster, precast concrete and ceramic case molds. Note: “wet” rubber has a higher net shrinkage value vs. “dry” rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53335356637484,"sku":"115185","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53335356670252,"sku":"115186","price":205.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53335356703020,"sku":"115187","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-pmc-121-50-wet.png?v=1781649086"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-300-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 300","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eof liquid plastics are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield castings that are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebright white and virtually bubble free\u003c\/strong\u003e. Vacuum degassing is not necessary. They offer the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A:90B by weight mix ratio. The differences between them are pot life and demold time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese resins readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e) and can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Ignite™ color tints (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries accepts pigments better than the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eseries). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries Liquid Plastics include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props and decorative jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose interested in making roto cast pieces should refer to the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 65D\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to measure and mix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1:1 mix ratio by volume - no scale required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow viscosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- captures excellent detail - no degassing necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin cures to a\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efinish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e... Liquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing\u003c\/strong\u003e. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e...\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. . . Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill cure in 7 - 10 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 305\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 310\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Castings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended Cure Time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208026513708,"sku":"115256","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208026579244,"sku":"115257","price":184.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208026546476,"sku":"115258","price":728.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-300.jpg?v=1778626253"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-305-2x-5-gallon","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 305","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e™ plastics offer tremendous versatility and economy. They are easy to use and available as either rigid or semi-rigids. You can add different colors and\/or fillers for an infinite variety of mind-blowing effects. Perfect for casting detailed models, prototypes, props and cast effect pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast\u003c\/strong\u003e™ \u003cstrong\u003e300\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e305\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e310\u003c\/strong\u003e are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that offer the convenience of a 1:1 mix ratio by volume and yield castings that are bright white, tough, durable, machinable, paintable, and virtually bubble free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53207967564076,"sku":"115318","price":819.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53207967596844,"sku":"115317","price":190.2,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53207967629612,"sku":"115259","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-305.jpg?v=1778624977"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-310-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 310","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300 Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eof liquid plastics are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield castings that are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white and virtually bubble free.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eVacuum degassing is not necessary. They offer the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A:90B by weight mix ratio. The differences between them are pot life and demold time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese resins readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On) and can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries accepts pigments better than the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries Liquid Plastics include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props and decorative jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results . . .\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 310 will cure in 2 - 4 hours (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 7 - 10 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 305\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended Cure Time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208039358764,"sku":"115319","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208039424300,"sku":"115320","price":190.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208039391532,"sku":"115321","price":706.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-310.jpg?v=1778626768"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-320-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 320","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"herothumb\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320 Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003econsists of ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield virtually bubble-free\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eoff-white\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecastings. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins are sister products to our popular\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of bright white plastics, but are easier to color using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries is easy to mix and pour, offering the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A : 90B by weight mix ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins readily accept pigments and fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3, 5 and 7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries resins include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props, decorative jewelry and taxidermy (bones, antlers, teeth etc.).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a wellventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring and Mixing...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. . . Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/ cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 320 will cure in 7 - 10 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 321\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 322\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208056824108,"sku":"115322","price":35.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208056856876,"sku":"115323","price":176.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208056889644,"sku":"119152","price":749.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-320.jpg?v=1778627130"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-321-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 321","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries consists of ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield virtually bubble-free\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eoff-white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecastings. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins are sister products to our popular S\u003cstrong\u003emooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of bright white plastics, but are easier to color using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries is easy to mix and pour, offering the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A : 90B by weight mix ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries resins readily accept pigments and fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3, 5 and 7\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003efrom Smooth-On). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries resins include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props, decorative jewelry and taxidermy (bones, antlers, teeth etc.).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a wellventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING..\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results . . .\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/ cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 321 will cure in 30 - 40 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 7 - 10 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 322\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208065343788,"sku":"115331","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208065376556,"sku":"115332","price":198.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-321.jpg?v=1778627461"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-326-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 326","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are fast-cast resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries is formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etints or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries offers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries also readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries plastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B - For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE: When adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigment Example:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eGenerally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Castings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210208600364,"sku":"115335","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210208633132,"sku":"115336","price":206.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210208665900,"sku":"120494","price":1010.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-326.jpg?v=1778692943"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-325-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 325","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are urethane resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e tints,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epigments or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e color pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eoffers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ealso readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Because of its neutral color,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis ideal for creating marble and wood grain casting effects, or duplicating the look of real metal by adding bronze, brass or other metal powder. Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eplastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Pre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong™ RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePigment Example: Generally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210009829676,"sku":"115333","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210009862444,"sku":"115334","price":223.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210009895212,"sku":"120366","price":908.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-325.jpg?v=1778628008"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-30-dry-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC-121 30\/DRY","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\/30 Dry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis exceptionally strong and abrasion resistant for soft urethane mold rubbers. It does not exude oil and can be used for casting waxes, Smooth-On liquid plastics, gypsum plasters and other materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210911146284,"sku":"115339","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210911179052,"sku":"115340","price":191.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210911211820,"sku":"115341","price":1015.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/pmc-dry-121-30.png?v=1778714066"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-327-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 327","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are fast-cast resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries is formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etints or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries offers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries also readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries plastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Pre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B - For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to ColorMatch™ Part B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE: When adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigment Example:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eGenerally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 pt","offer_id":51108425466156,"sku":"115337","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":51108425498924,"sku":"115338","price":201.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Gallon","offer_id":51108425531692,"sku":"125073","price":829.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnSmooth-Cast327.png?v=1747762043"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-30-wet-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC 121\/30 Wet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePMC™-121\/30 Wet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis exceptionally strong and abrasion resistant for soft urethane mold rubbers. It exudes oil that aids in demolding hard plasters and concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53335344906540,"sku":"115342","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53335344939308,"sku":"115343","price":264.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53335344972076,"sku":"115344","price":828.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-pmc-121-30-wet.png?v=1781648874"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-equinox-slow-putty-40-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Equinox 40 Slow","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilicone Putty Products are new silicone compounds (platinum catalyst) that can be easily mixed and applied by hand to a variety of surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePutty is mixed in equal amounts (1A:1B) by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e40\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a slow version with a 30 minute pot life and 5 hour demold time. Shrinkage is low and cured rubber is exceptionally strong (very high tensile strength), durable and will resist high temperatures (for casting low-temperature melt metal alloys). They also resist cure inhibition.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilicones are also\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOOD SAFE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand can be used for culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include making fast mold impressions from almost any surface, orthotics \/ orthopedic, equine hoof repair, jewelry making and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Addition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is mixed by hand. If you choose to wear gloves, wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries Putty comes as two parts. Dispense equal amounts (golf ball size, for example) of Part A and Part B. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Knead parts together aggressively to a uniform color and apply quickly.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003egives you about 30 minutes to mix and apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Putty can be applied directly to almost any model surface (see preparation above).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow the rubber to cure at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before removing from model surface. Applying heat (heat gun, hair dryer, heat lamp, etc.) will cause the rubber to cure faster. Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying a Support Shell\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Usually, Putty molds will be too thin to support themselves during casting. A support shell made of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlasti-Paste II™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatrix™ NEO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand chopped fiber can be applied over the mold surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 pint","offer_id":53335330816300,"sku":"115347","price":71.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53335330849068,"sku":"115348","price":289.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-equinox-40.png?v=1781648341"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-equinox-fast-putty-35-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Equinox 35 Fast - 2 Pint","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilicone Putty Products are new silicone compounds (platinum catalyst) that can be easily mixed and applied by hand to a variety of surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePutty is mixed in equal amounts (1A:1B) by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™ 35\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas a pot life of about 1 minute with a cure time of about 7 minutes at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Shrinkage is low and cured rubber is exceptionally strong (very high tensile strength), durable and will resist high temperatures (for casting low-temperature melt metal alloys). They also resist cure inhibition.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEquinox™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSilicones are also\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOOD SAFE\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eand can be used for culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include making fast mold impressions from almost any surface, orthotics \/ orthopedic, equine hoof repair, jewelry making and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Warmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Addition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is mixed by hand. If you choose to wear gloves, wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquinox™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries Putty comes as two parts. Dispense equal amounts (golf ball size, for example) of Part A and Part B. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Knead parts together aggressively to a uniform color and apply quickly. Fast putty begins to cure after 30 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Putty can be applied directly to almost any model surface (see preparation above).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Allow the rubber to cure at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before removing from model surface. Applying heat (heat gun, hair dryer, heat lamp, etc.) will cause the rubber to cure faster. Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying a Support Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Usually, Putty molds will be too thin to support themselves during casting. A support shell made of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlasti-Paste II™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatrix™ NEO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand chopped fiber can be applied over the mold surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712159863084,"sku":"115345","price":93.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-equinox-35.png?v=1781648541"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-brush-on-35-2-gallon-kit","title":"Smooth-On Brush-On 35","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eof mold rubbers are extremely versatile and are famous for their abrasion resistance and high tear strength. They have the convenience of a one-to-one mix ratio and are easy to mix and apply with a brush or spatula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 35\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be painted onto vertical surfaces without sagging and will cure with negligible shrinkage to durable rubbers that perform and last in production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 35\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill capture exact detail from any original model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 35\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis the softest of the series and offers the most flexibility and is used for models with deep undercuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 35\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be inverted and used to make glove molds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality spray shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases\u003c\/strong\u003e, the sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003ePart A is a paste with the consistency of cake frosting. Fill a container to the top with this paste, making sure to eliminate any large voids. Level off the top of the container and remove any excess material. The paste should then be thoroughly emptied into a larger container that will act as your mixing container. Next, fill the original container to the top with Part B (liquid) and empty it into the mixing container. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying The Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product must be applied in layers. Mold makers generally find that four to six layers (minimum 3\/8”) thickness is suitable for a working mold. Using a stiff brush, the first coat of rubber should be applied in a thin layer to capture intricate detail. Use dabbing strokes, especially around undercuts, to reduce entrapped air. Subsequent coats will add strength to the mold. Let the first coat dry for 30-40 minutes at room temperature or when it becomes “tacky” before adding the next coat. Repeat until the necessary thickness is achieved. Do not allow rubber to fully cure between layers, as delamination may result. Note: Although not necessary, adding a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eliquid color pigment to every other mix of rubber will help you distinguish one layer from the next. This will ensure that you apply a thorough coating each time and help build uniform layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply A Support Shell\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Once the mold is fully cured, a rigid support shell (mother mold) is needed to support the rubber mold during casting.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlasti-Paste™ II\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a trowelable plastic which is ideal as a mother mold material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for wax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials (i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFully cured molds are tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment. Do not stack molds, expose them to moisture or UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e*NOTE: Product Packaging May Vary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53212715090220,"sku":"115359","price":186.49,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53212715122988,"sku":"115360","price":965.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-brush-on-35.png?v=1778789950"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-brush-on-40-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Brush-On 40","description":"\u003ch4\u003eBrush-On™ 40\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"herothumb\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e*NOTE: Product Packaging May Vary\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"gotodocs\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"ctaRedChevron\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/products\/brush-on-40\/#reldocs\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eof mold rubbers are extremely versatile and are famous for their abrasion resistance and high tear strength. They have the convenience of a one-to-one mix ratio and are easy to mix and apply with a brush or spatula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be painted onto vertical surfaces without sagging and will cure with negligible shrinkage to durable rubbers that perform and last in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill capture exact detail from any original model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be inverted and used to make glove molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality spray shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases\u003c\/strong\u003e, the sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMetal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring and Mixing -\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B is a paste with the consistency of cake frosting. Fill a container to the top with this paste, making sure to eliminate any large voids. Level off the top of the container and remove any excess material. The paste should then be thoroughly emptied into a larger container that will act as your mixing container. Next, fill the original container to the top with Part A (liquid) and empty it into the mixing container. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying The Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product must be applied in layers. Mold makers generally find that four to six layers (minimum 3\/8”) thickness is suitable for a working mold. Using a stiff brush, the first coat of rubber should be applied in a thin layer to capture intricate detail. Use dabbing strokes, especially around undercuts, to reduce entrapped air. Subsequent coats will add strength to the mold. Let the first coat dry for 30-40 minutes at room temperature or when it becomes “tacky” before adding the next coat. Repeat until the necessary thickness is achieved. Do not allow rubber to fully cure between layers, as delamination may result. Note: Although not necessary, adding a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eliquid color pigment to every other mix of rubber will help you distinguish one layer from the next. This will ensure that you apply a thorough coating each time and help build uniform layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eAfter rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply A Support Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eOnce the mold is fully cured, a rigid support shell (mother mold) is needed to support the rubber mold during casting.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlasti-Paste™ II\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a trowelable plastic which is ideal as a mother mold material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for wax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials (i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFully cured molds are tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment. Do not stack molds, expose them to moisture or UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53301187674412,"sku":"115361","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53301187707180,"sku":"115362","price":236.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53301187739948,"sku":"115363","price":875.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-brush-on40.png?v=1781043803"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-brush-on-50-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Brush-On 50","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of mold rubbers are extremely versatile and are famous for their abrasion resistance and high tear strength. They have the convenience of a one-to-one mix ratio and are easy to mix and apply with a brush or spatula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be painted onto vertical surfaces without sagging and will cure with negligible shrinkage to durable rubbers that perform and last in production. Each will capture exact detail from any original model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epossesses superior abrasion resistance and tear strength and is ideal for casting concrete and hard plasters in applications where less flexibility is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality spray shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases\u003c\/strong\u003e, the sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMetal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent. Applying A Release Agent - A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B is a paste with the consistency of cake frosting. Fill a container to the top with this paste, making sure to eliminate any large voids. Level off the top of the container and remove any excess material. The paste should then be thoroughly emptied into a larger container that will act as your mixing container. Next, fill the original container to the top with Part A (liquid) and empty it into the mixing container. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying The Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eThis product must be applied in layers. Mold makers generally find that four to six layers (minimum 3\/8”) thickness is suitable for a working mold. Using a stiff brush, the first coat of rubber should be applied in a thin layer to capture intricate detail. Use dabbing strokes, especially around undercuts, to reduce entrapped air. Subsequent coats will add strength to the mold. Let the first coat dry for 30-40 minutes at room temperature or when it becomes “tacky” before adding the next coat. Repeat until the necessary thickness is achieved. Do not allow rubber to fully cure between layers, as delamination may result. Note: Although not necessary, adding a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eliquid color pigment to every other mix of rubber will help you distinguish one layer from the next. This will ensure that you apply a thorough coating each time and help build uniform layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eAfter rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply A Support Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOnce the mold is fully cured, a rigid support shell (mother mold) is needed to support the rubber mold during casting. Plasti-Paste™ II is a trowelable plastic which is ideal as a mother mold material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eIf using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003egypsum plaster materials\u003c\/strong\u003e, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFully cured molds are tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment. Do not stack molds, expose them to moisture or UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e*NOTE: Product Packaging May Vary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"gotodocs\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53212706832684,"sku":"115364","price":38.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53212706865452,"sku":"115365","price":233.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53212706898220,"sku":"115366","price":875.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-brush-on-50.png?v=1778789343"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-brush-on-60-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Brush-On 60","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of mold rubbers are extremely versatile and are famous for their abrasion resistance and high tear strength. They have the convenience of a one-to-one mix ratio and are easy to mix and apply with a brush or spatula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 60\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epaints onto vertical surfaces without sagging and will cure with negligible shrinkage to durable rubbers that perform and last in production. It will also capture exact detail from any original model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™ 60\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epossesses superior abrasion resistance and tear strength and is ideal for casting concrete and hard plasters in applications where less flexibility is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality spray shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases\u003c\/strong\u003e, the sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMetal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B is a paste with the consistency of cake frosting. Fill a container to the top with this paste, making sure to eliminate any large voids. Level off the top of the container and remove any excess material. The paste should then be thoroughly emptied into a larger container that will act as your mixing container. Next, fill the original container to the top with Part A (liquid) and empty it into the mixing container. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying The Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product must be applied in layers. Mold makers generally find that four to six layers (minimum 3\/8”) thickness is suitable for a working mold. Using a stiff brush, the first coat of rubber should be applied in a thin layer to capture intricate detail. Use dabbing strokes, especially around undercuts, to reduce entrapped air. Subsequent coats will add strength to the mold. Let the first coat dry for 30-40 minutes at room temperature or when it becomes “tacky” before adding the next coat. Repeat until the necessary thickness is achieved. Do not allow rubber to fully cure between layers, as delamination may result. Note: Although not necessary, adding a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eliquid color pigment to every other mix of rubber will help you distinguish one layer from the next. This will ensure that you apply a thorough coating each time and help build uniform layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply A Support Shell\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eOnce the mold is fully cured, a rigid support shell (mother mold) is needed to support the rubber mold during casting.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlasti-Paste™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eII is a trowelable plastic which is ideal as a mother mold material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFully cured molds are tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment. Do not stack molds, expose them to moisture or UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53212711813420,"sku":"115367","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53212711846188,"sku":"115368","price":228.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53212711878956,"sku":"115369","price":979.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-brush-on-60.png?v=1778789607"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-universal-mold-release","title":"Smooth-On Universal Mold Release- 12oz","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAgent is formulated especially for mold making and casting, and works well with most liquid rubber and liquid plastic products. It will release mold rubbers (such as polyurethanes and polysulfides) from properly prepared models. Sealing porous models (wood, plaster, concrete) or certain modeling clays (containing water or sulfur) with Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor other sealer may be necessary.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis effective over a broad temperature range from 70°F to 500°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using silicone rubber, seal model surface with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eonly. Do not use\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release. Universal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ealso easily releases a variety of casting materials (epoxies, Smooth-On liquid plastics, etc.) from cured rubber molds. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Properly used,\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eimproves molding efficiency for a variety of casting applications and will actually lengthen the life of your production mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis available in aerosol spray or economical liquid form (one gallon, 5 gallon and 55 gallon drum.)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAerosol USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before using.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold can 12 in.\/30cm. from surface to be sprayed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a continuous light mist coating to model or mold surface and surrounding forms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing a soft brush, brush the release agent over entire surface of model or mold in order to break the surface tension and minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply another light mist coating of release agent and let stand for 5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are now ready to apply mold rubber or cast into a cured rubber mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be put into non-aerosol plant sprayer, deck sprayer, or applied with soft brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply thorough thin coating over entire surface of model or mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow surface solvents to evaporate for 5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompressed air or hair dryer may be used to blow off any excess that has pooled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat application and allow to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are now ready to apply mold rubber or cast into a cured rubber mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePainting A Finished Casting…\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne method for applying paint to a casting is to remove release agent from casting with a solvent such as isopropyl alcohol or acetone. Next, apply one to two coats of auto body primer (available at most auto parts stores) and let dry. Finally, apply acrylic or similar base paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712160813356,"sku":"115373","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnUniversalMoldRelease-12oz.png?v=1744756005"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-sil-940-food-grade-1-gallon-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth Sil 940 (Food Safe)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Sil™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePlatinum Silicones cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage. With different hardnesses to choose from,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Sil™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts offer tremendous versatility and are suitable for making production molds of any configuration, large or small. These silicones exhibit good chemical, abrasion and heat resistance. Materials such as plasters, concrete, wax, low-melt metal alloys or resins (urethane, epoxy or polyester) can then be cast into these silicone rubbers without a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Sil™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePlatinum Silicones are used for rapid prototyping, wax casting (foundries and candle makers), architectural restoration and for casting concrete.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Sil™ 940\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis suitable for food related applications. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAddition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber my cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. If there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly to re-disperse pigments that may have settled.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing a gram scale,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edispense required amounts of parts A and B into a mixing container and mix for 3 minutes. Scrape the sides and bottom of the container several times. After mixing parts A and B, vacuum degassing is recommended to eliminate any entrapped air in liquid rubber. Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor best results,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. The liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring \/ Post Curing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure as prescribed at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWhen first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eThickening Smooth-Sil™ Silicones\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- THI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis made especially for thickening Smooth-On’s silicones for vertical surface application (making brush-on molds). Different viscosities can be attained by varying the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. See the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin (available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor) for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eThinning Smooth-Sil™ Silicones\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill lower the viscosity of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Sil™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efor easier pouring and vacuum degassing. A disadvantage is that ultimate tear and tensile are reduced in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eadded.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not recommended to exceed 10% by weight of total system (A+B).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSee the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003etechnical bulletin (available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor) for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1 Gal","offer_id":53335063822636,"sku":"115371","price":233.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Gal","offer_id":53335063855404,"sku":"115372","price":869.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-sil-940.png?v=1781647002"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-ease-release-200","title":"Smooth-On Ease Release 200 - 12oz","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis an excellent general purpose release agent for making molds and casting parts. This product will release polyurethane elastomers, epoxy resin, polyester resins, RTV silicones, rubber, and thermoplastic polymers.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis effective on aluminum, chrome, RTV silicone, epoxy, rubber, and steel molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffective over a broad temperature range from 70°F to 500°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecise duplication of mold details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess rejects, faster production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSatin finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Skin contact may cause dryness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSHAKE WELL BEFORE USING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Thoroughly clean your mold with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Cleaner 2508\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor any suitable cleaner to remove all traces of previous coatings and oils. Apply\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eusing aerosol spray or spray equipment for bulk grades. Hold the can (or spray gun) 6 to 8 inches from the mold surface to ensure a light, even coating. When the molds are new or have been blasted with an abrasive, “season” the mold by applying a heavy coating of release. Heat the mold to process temperature, then wipe the excess with a rag and reapply a light coating of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebefore a regular molding.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis fast drying and requires no baking during the normal molding process. Reapply a light coating before each molding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Thorough cleaning of molded parts is required prior to staining, painting, or bonding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712160878892,"sku":"115374","price":25.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnEaseRelease200-12oz.png?v=1744756187"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-ease-release-2300","title":"Smooth-On Ease Release 2300 - 12oz","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"header-container\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"container product\"\u003e\n\u003carticle class=\"one-half\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEase Release 2300 is a high performance heavy-duty silicone release similar in characteristics to Ease Release 300. It is designed to release molded parts from deep draw molds. Ease Release 2300 is formulated to provide excellent release of polyurethane elastomers. Ease Release 2300 is effective on all mold surfaces such as steel, aluminum, epoxy, urethane, and RTV silicone rubber mold materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEase Release 2300 is easy to apply, fast drying and effective over a broad temperature range from 70°F to 500°F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlossy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced mold maintenance and down time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced mold build-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecise duplication of mold details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased productivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003carticle\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThoroughly clean your mold with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mann-release.com\/products\/mold-cleaner\/2508\/\"\u003eMold Cleaner 2508\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor any suitable cleaner to remove all traces of previous coating and oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply Ease Release 2300 using aerosol spray or spray equipment for bulk grades. Hold the can or spray gun 6 to 8 inches from the mold surface to ensure a light even coating. When the molds are new or have been blasted with an abrasive, “season” the mold by applying a heavy coating of release. Heat the mold to process temperature, then wipe the excess with a rag and reapply a light coating of Ease Release 2300 before regular molding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEase Release 2300 is fast drying and requires no baking during the normal molding process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReapply a light coating before each molding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/article\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"dividerline\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003carticle class=\"finishing\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFinishing:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThorough cleaning of molded parts is required prior to staining, painting, or bonding. For suggested cleaning procedures,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mann-release.com\/support\/\"\u003econsult a technical representative\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/article\u003e\n\u003c\/article\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712160911660,"sku":"115375","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-ease-release-2300.jpg?v=1778713210"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-200-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200 is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. Crystal Clear™ resins cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (Vytaflex™ urethane or Brush-On™ series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as Mold Max™ 20, 25, 30 or Mold Max™ STROKE (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series), or Mold Star™ 15, 16 or 30 platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone, to prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold: Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This minimizes chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, and large bubbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time – The cure time and ultimate shrinkage will vary depending on mass concentration, casting thickness, and mold configuration. Castings resist UV yellowing but may darken over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200: ½” to 3” thickness, maximum 16 lbs. Castings thicker than 3” should be layer cast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202: Thin section casting up to ½”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204: Cast up to 6” thick, maximum 35 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206: For castings greater than 6”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Use clean metal or plastic containers. Materials should be stored and used at 73°F \/ 23°C. Stir or shake Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use an accurate digital gram scale. Do not measure by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing – Mix slowly but thoroughly for at least 90 seconds. Scrape sides and bottom of container frequently. Add pigment or filler to Part B before combining with Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum degassing greatly reduces bubbles. Pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (1 bar). Vacuum until material rises, collapses, then hold for one additional minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePouring – Pour material in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Do not pour directly over encapsulated objects. Allow material to seek its level to minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, use pressure casting at 60 PSI for the full cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings will reach full physical properties in 7 days at room temperature. Early demolding may cause surface tackiness, removable by heating at 150°F \/ 65°C for 6 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePost Curing – Post curing improves heat resistance and UV performance. After full room-temperature cure, heat for 6 hours at 150°F–160°F (65°C–72°C). Allow casting to cool before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended to determine suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. \u003c\/strong\u003eWith adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIMPORTANT: Shelf life is reduced after opening. Use remaining product as soon as possible. Replace lids immediately after dispensing. XTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket significantly extends shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53056230752556,"sku":"115376","price":105.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53056230785324,"sku":"115378","price":493.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53056230818092,"sku":"115379","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/crystal-clear-200.png?v=1778781815"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-202-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 202","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202 is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. Crystal Clear™ resins cure at room temperature* with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (Vytaflex™ urethane or Brush-On™ series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as Mold Max™ 20, 25, 30 or Mold Max™ STROKE (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series), or Mold Star™ 15, 16 or 30 platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone, to prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold: Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This minimizes chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, and large bubbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time – Cure time and ultimate shrinkage vary depending on mass, thickness, and mold configuration. Castings resist UV yellowing but may darken over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200: ½” to 3” thickness, max 16 lbs. Cast thicker sections in layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202: Thin section casting up to ½”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204: Cast up to 6” thick, max 35 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206: For castings greater than 6”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and absorb atmospheric moisture. Use clean metal or plastic containers. Store and use materials at 73°F \/ 23°C. Stir or shake Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use an accurate digital gram scale. Do not measure by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing – Mix slowly but thoroughly for at least 90 seconds. Scrape sides and bottom of container frequently. Add pigment or filler to Part B before combining with Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum degassing reduces bubbles. Pump must pull at least 29 inches mercury (1 bar). Vacuum for one minute after material collapses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePouring – Pour in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Do not pour directly over encapsulated objects. Allow material to seek its level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, use pressure casting at 60 PSI for full cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings reach full properties in 7 days at room temperature. Early demolding may cause surface tackiness, removable by heat cure at 150°F \/ 65°C for 6 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePost Curing – Post cure for maximum properties. After full room-temperature cure, heat for 6 hours at 150°F–160°F (65°C–72°C). Allow part to cool before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended to determine suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.\u003c\/strong\u003e With adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIMPORTANT: Shelf life is reduced after opening. Use remaining product as soon as possible. Replace lids immediately after dispensing. XTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket significantly extends shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53056063013164,"sku":"115380","price":132.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53056063045932,"sku":"115381","price":493.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53056063078700,"sku":"115382","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/cystal-clear-202.png?v=1778781713"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-204-2-gallon-k","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 204","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204\u003c\/strong\u003e is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. \u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e resins cure at room temperature* with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cu\u003eInstructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (\u003cstrong\u003eVytaflex™\u003c\/strong\u003e urethane or \u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™\u003c\/strong\u003e series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as \u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 20, 25, 30\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ STROKE\u003c\/strong\u003e (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series) or \u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 15, 16 or 30\u003c\/strong\u003e platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone:\u003c\/strong\u003e To prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Cure time and shrinkage vary based on mass, thickness, and configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e – ½” to 3” thickness, max 16 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thin sections only, max ½”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204\u003c\/strong\u003e – Up to 6” thickness, max 35 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206\u003c\/strong\u003e – Castings greater than 6”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are \u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use metal or plastic containers and mix at room temperature. \u003cstrong\u003eStir Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use a digital gram scale only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Mix slowly for at least 90 seconds, scraping sides and bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Pour in a single spot at the lowest point. Let material seek its level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use pressure casting at 60 PSI for full cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings reach full properties in 7 days at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – 6 hours at 150–160°F after full room-temperature cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. \u003c\/strong\u003eWith adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf life is reduced after opening. Replace lids immediately after use. \u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e significantly prolongs shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53055240110380,"sku":"115383","price":101.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53055240077612,"sku":"115384","price":454.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53055240143148,"sku":"115385","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/crystal-clear-204.png?v=1778781650"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-3lb-hard-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT! 3","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 3\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210876969260,"sku":"115444","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210877002028,"sku":"115445","price":189.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210877034796,"sku":"115446","price":779.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it3.jpg?v=1778710454"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-so-strong-urethane-blue","title":"Smooth-On So-Strong - 2 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSO-Strong liquid urethane colorants can be added to any liquid urethane rubber, urethane plastic, or urethane foam. They are not compatible with silicone materials. SO-Strong colorants can be used to create a wide range of colour effects for many different applications. For fluorescent colour effects, use fluorescent colorants instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSO-Strong colorants are highly concentrated and provide excellent dispersion and consistent colour. A very small amount will colour a large volume of liquid urethane material. Increasing the amount of colorant produces more dramatic colour effects. The recommended loading range is 0.01% to 3% of total system weight. Overloading may result in cure inhibition or surface oozing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUser determines amount to add. If using colorant for the first time, test by adding a few drops to a small batch of material and observe the results. Multiple test castings may be required to achieve the desired colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable colour tints include black, yellow, brown, purple, green, orange, red, and blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ecolour pigments include white, light flesh, medium flesh, and dark flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following loading levels are provided as general guidelines. Actual results may vary depending on material and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy weight using a gram scale. Add colorant at 0.01% to 3% of the total mixed system weight. Adding more than 3% by weight may cause cure inhibition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy volume measured in drops. Add 10 drops of colorant per 3 oz (88 ml) of mixed urethane material. When using a translucent urethane system, use one drop to maintain translucency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirections for use. Store and use materials at approximately 73°F \/ 23°C. Wear vinyl gloves to prevent skin contact. After dispensing Parts A and B, add colorant to Part B and mix thoroughly. Combine Parts A and B and mix according to the technical instructions for the specific urethane system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlending \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ecolours. Different \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ecolours can be blended on a palette to create custom \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ecolour combinations before adding to the urethane system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePantone colour references are approximations only. Final \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ecolour appearance varies by material, application method, colour concentration, and processing conditions. The user is responsible for evaluating colour suitability. No warranty is made regarding exact colour matching.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":53059582656812,"sku":"115505","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":53059582689580,"sku":"115503","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":53059582722348,"sku":"115502","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flesh","offer_id":53059582755116,"sku":"115504","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":53059582787884,"sku":"115501","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":53059582820652,"sku":"115500","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":53059582853420,"sku":"115499","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53059582886188,"sku":"115497","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":53059582918956,"sku":"115496","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":53310820581676,"sku":"116756","price":41.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-so-strong.png?v=1781215843"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-dragon-skin-fx-pro-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Dragon Skin FX Pro","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ FX-Pro™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a soft, stable, high performance platinum silicone rubber specifically designed for creating silicone makeup appliances and skin effects.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ FX-Pro™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis compatible with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkin-Tite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone adhesive as well as medical grade pressure sensitive adhesives for adhering silicone appliances temporarily to the skin. Soft and stretchy\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFX-Pro™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas a Shore hardness of 2A.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFX-Pro™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecan be combined with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSLACKER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edeadening agent to create a very soft silicone gel for filling encapsulated silicone pieces. An infinite number of color effects can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc-Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments. Cured rubber can also be painted with the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePsycho Paint™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Shore 2A hardness allows for softer appliances using less\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSLACKER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edeadening agent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Viscosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- combined with long working time reduces bubbles and makes pouring easier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCures Dry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- will not leach silicone fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Working Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 10-12 minute working time is good for larger pours or injections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 40 minute cure time allows for quick turnaround of castings or molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore Workable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Do More - has a ‘gel’ stage - slushing the material into prosthetic molds is easier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume or weight), mix thoroughly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePouring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its own level. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. If using as a mold material, the liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow rubber to cure for 40 minutes at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C) before demolding. Time to demold can be reduced with mild heat or by adding an appropriate amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlat-Cat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecure accelerator (See\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlat-Cat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin available at www.smooth-on.com for details). The pot life and cure times can be extended using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlo-Jo™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecure retarder (see\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlo-Jo™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin available at www.smooth-on.com for details). Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F \/ 18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210532872492,"sku":"115536","price":53.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210532905260,"sku":"116339","price":329.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/dragon-skin-fx-pro.jpg?v=1778702893"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-sil-pig-9-pack","title":"Smooth-On Silc Pig 9-Pack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone color pigments are used for coloring Smooth-On’s silicone rubber compounds including\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etranslucent ‘T’ Series,\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcoflex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epigments also are also used to create mind blowing skin effects with systems such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePsycho Paint™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkin Tite™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epigments are concentrated, offer excellent dispersion and consistent color.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003epigments are very concentrated and a very small amount of pigment will color a proportionally large amount of silicone. The more you add in proportion to the volume of liquid rubber, the more dramatic the color effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003epigments are concentrated, so a little goes a long way when coloring Smooth-On silicone products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom colors are possible by blending different\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e9 Pack Sampler includes BLACK, BLOOD, BLUE, BROWN, GREEN, LIGHT FLESH, RED, WHITE, YELLOW.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003epigments are concentrated, so a little goes a long way when coloring Smooth-On silicone products. Recommended loading range is .001% to 3% of total silicone system weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"warning\"\u003eDo not overload silicone rubber with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor cure inhibition may occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttaining just the right color for your application may require trial and error testing. Small scale testing is recommended before using substantial amounts of material for any project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre-mix\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epigment in container thoroughly before dispensing as settling may have occurred. Add\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorant to the Part A side of the silicone rubber system and mix well before adding Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pantone Color Matching System is most commonly used in the printing industry to communicate color. As it relates to Smooth-On color tints and pigments, the represented color is an approximation and people’s interpretation of these colors may vary. The user will determine suitability of a color or combination of colors for the rubber, resin, foam or other product used specifically for their application. Due to the variability in products that are being colored, application, color concentration and other factors, Smooth-On makes no warranty with regards to the color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712169627948,"sku":"115538","price":67.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-silc-pig-9-pack.png?v=1778798309"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-dragon-skin-10nv-fast-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Dragon Skin 10 Fast","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eare high performance platinum cure liquid silicone compounds that are used for a variety of applications ranging from creating skin effects and other movie special effects to making production molds for casting a variety of materials. Because of the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esuperior physical properties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand flexibility of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers, they are also used for medical prosthetics and cushioning applications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers are also used for a variety of industrial applications and have a service temperature range of a constant -65°F to +450°F (-53°C to +232°C)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTime Tested, Versatile Special Effects Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Soft, super-strong and stretchy,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ 10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis used around the world to make spectacular skin and creature effects. An infinite number of color effects can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast Magic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eeffects powders. Cured rubber can also be painted with the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePsycho Paint™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esystem. Cured material is skin safe and certified by an independent laboratory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy To Use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003esilicones are mixed 1A:1B by weight or volume. Liquid rubber can be thinned with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor thickened with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Rubber cures at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) with negligible shrinkage.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum degassing is recommended to minimize air bubbles in cured rubber.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ 10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones are Flame Rated to UL-94 HB specification and they meet the B1 classification for the GB 8624-2012 Fire Test to Building Material and Products (does not include ‘NV’ formulas).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAddition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring and Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Before you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume or weight), mix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. After mixing parts A and B, vacuum degassing is recommended to eliminate any entrapped air in liquid rubber. Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor best results,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring \/ Post Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure as prescribed at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Using As A Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickening Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis made especially for thickening Smooth-On’s silicones for vertical surface application (making brush-on molds). Different viscosities can be attained by varying the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThinning Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Smooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill lower the viscosity of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efor easier pouring and vacuum degassing.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA disadvantage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis that ultimate tear and tensile are reduced in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eadded.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not recommended to exceed 10% by weight of total system (A+B)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53226236117292,"sku":"115539","price":50.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53226236150060,"sku":"115540","price":340.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/dragon-skin-10-fast.png?v=1779220336"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-dragon-skin-10nv-slow-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Dragon Skin 10 Slow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003eDragon Skin® Series silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003e are high performance platinum cure silicone rubbers that can be mixed 1A:1B by weight or volume and cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage. Cured Dragon Skin® is very strong and very “stretchy”. It will stretch many times its original size without tearing and will rebound to its original form without distortion. Dragon Skin® is suitable for making high performance molds used for rapid prototyping, wax casting (foundries and candle makers), architectural restoration and for casting concrete. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003e\u003cbr style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003eIn addition, Dragon Skin® is used in many special effects applications, especially animatronics where repetitive motion is required. It is water white translucent and will accept pigments for creating color effects. Because of the superior physical properties and flexibility of Dragon Skin®, it is also used for orthopedic \u0026amp; cushioning applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53226244145452,"sku":"115541","price":50.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53226244178220,"sku":"115542","price":340.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/dragon-skin-10-slow.png?v=1779220531"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-sil-pig-25245-green","title":"Smooth-On Silc Pig Colour Pigments - 4oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSilc Pig silicone color pigments are used to color silicone rubber compounds, including translucent silicone series and platinum-cure silicone rubbers. Silc Pig pigments are also used to create realistic skin effects with compatible silicone paint and skin systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilc Pig pigments are highly concentrated, offer excellent dispersion, and produce consistent color. A very small amount of pigment will color a proportionally large volume of silicone. Increasing pigment concentration produces more dramatic color effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilc Pig pigments are highly concentrated, so small amounts produce strong color results when coloring silicone rubber products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom colors may be created by blending different Silc Pig pigments together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilc Pig pigments are concentrated and should be used sparingly. The recommended loading range is 0.001% to 3% of the total silicone system weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not overload silicone rubber with pigment, as cure inhibition may occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieving precise color results may require trial-and-error testing. Small-scale testing is recommended before committing to large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre-mix pigment thoroughly in its container, as settling may occur. Add pigment to Part A of the silicone rubber system and mix well before combining with Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pantone Color Matching System is commonly used as a color reference, but represented colors are approximations. Color perception varies by individual, material, application method, and pigment concentration. The end user is responsible for determining color suitability. No warranty is provided for exact color matching.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":53058829222188,"sku":"115577","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blood","offer_id":53058829254956,"sku":"115580","price":69.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":53058829287724,"sku":"115579","price":41.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":53058829320492,"sku":"115578","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":53058829353260,"sku":"115575","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fleshtone","offer_id":53058829386028,"sku":"115576","price":46.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":53058829418796,"sku":"115574","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53058829451564,"sku":"115572","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":53058829484332,"sku":"115573","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-silc-pig-9-pack.png?v=1778798309"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-silpoxy-silicone-adhesive-0-5-oz","title":"Smooth-On Sil-Poxy Silicone Adhesive","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a one component adhesive made specifically for bonding Smooth-On RTV moldmaking silicone rubbers to silicone rubber and other substrates including some plastics (urethane), plasters\/ceramics, fabrics, etc.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill work with Smooth-On tin or platinum cure moldmaking silicones and provides a strong, flexible bond between silicone parts with high elongation. Can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc-Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments. Cured adhesive resists weathering, moisture, UV and high temperatures.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be used for repairing torn silicone rubber molds. Other applications include bonding silicone for prosthetics and animatronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCured\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis certified skin safe.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT - Do not apply to skin in liquid form.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used repairing torn silicone rubber molds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill work with tin- or platinum-cure silicones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a strong, flexible bond\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUse in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean, dry surface is essential for successful adhesive bonding. If possible, abrade surface and follow with solvent wipe before applying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eDispensing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSqueeze tube, taking care not allow air to enter tube before replacing cap. Unused product in tube exposed to air will cure quickly. Replace cap immediately after dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eApply adhesive to surface and mate parts. Material will begin to cure in about 5 minutes. Pieces can be handled after 1 hour depending on temperature and humidity. Full cure is attained after 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Up -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUncured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be removed from surfaces using isopropyl alcohol. Do not allow isopropyl alcohol to pool on silicone rubber surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"0.5 oz","offer_id":51055347597612,"sku":"115581","price":20.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 oz","offer_id":51055347630380,"sku":"115582","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnSil-PoxySiliconeAdhesive.png?v=1746571841"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-silicone-thinner-1-pint","title":"Smooth-On Silicone Thinner","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a non-reactive silicone fluid that will lower the mixed viscosity of tin cure (condensation) or platinum cure (addition) silicone rubber products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™ offers the following advantages:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA lower mixed viscosity (A+B) means that the rubber will de-air faster when vacuuming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed rubber (A+B) will flow better over intricate model detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill lower the ultimate shore hardness (durometer) of cured silicone rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePot life (working time) and cure time is increased in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisadvantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUltimate tear and tensile strength are reduced in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eadded, however knotty tear properties of the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries rubbers are unaffected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). This material has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e*Silicone Thinner® is added as a percentage of the total Part A+Part B rubber system. An accurate gram scale must be used. Weigh out and pre-mix required amount of Silicone Thinner® with Part A of silicone rubber before adding Part B.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMix all components thoroughly and vacuum as directed on mold rubber technical bulletin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"warning\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not recommended to exceed 10% by weight of total system (A+B).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1 Pint","offer_id":51134024712492,"sku":"115583","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gallon","offer_id":51134024745260,"sku":"115584","price":149.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnSiliconeThinner.png?v=1748295995"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-rebound-25-brushable-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Rebound 25","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 PINT KIT\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis an easy-to-use platinum-cure silicone rubber which self-thickens for making brush-on molds of almost any model. Mixed 1A:1B by volume (no scale necessary),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubber can be applied with a brush or spatula to vertical surfaces without sagging and will cure with negligible shrinkage to a flexible rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis soft, flexible and is good for making molds of models with deep undercuts. Depending on model configuration,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 25\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecan be inverted as a glove molds.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis harder and less flexible. These products are compatible. For example, you can apply two coats of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 25\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand back it up with two coats of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™ 40\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages Over Urethane Brush-On® Rubber:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill not stick to most surfaces, so surface preparation is minimal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo liquids that mix easily together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003estands up better to production casting of resins and low temperature melt metal alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ehas a long library life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 thin layers are all that is necessary to make a flexible, strong and durable production mold for casting wax, gypsum, concrete or resins (urethane, polyester, etc.). And because\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRebound™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a platinum silicone, it will last for many years in your mold library. Applications include reproducing sculpture, architectural restoration, making candle molds, casting pewter, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: These products will not work with modeling clays containing sulfur under any circumstances.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Addition cured silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber my cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed. To prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEven with a sealer, Rebound™ will not work with modeling clays containing sulfur. If you are not sure if your clay contains sulfur, do a small compatibility test before using for an important project.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when casting into most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for releasing silicone from silicone or other surfaces. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part A and Part B separately. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume or weight),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003emaking sure that you\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003escrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe rubber should be a uniform color with no streaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying The Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- This product must be applied in layers. Mold makers generally find that four thin layers (minimum 3\/8” thickness) is suitable for a strong, working mold. Using a stiff brush, the first coat of rubber should be applied in a very thin layer to capture intricate detail. Use dabbing strokes, especially around undercuts, to reduce entrapped air. Subsequent coats will add strength to the mold. Let the first coat dry for 60 minutes at room temperature until it becomes “tacky” before adding the next coat. “Tacky” is defined as sticky to the touch, but does not come off onto your gloved finger. Once “tacky”, you are ready to apply the next layer. Tack-time can be reduced with mild heat (hair dryer or heat gun). Repeat until the necessary mold thickness is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage: 1 gal. unit\u003c\/strong\u003e=7 sq.ft. (0.65 sq.m) -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 gal. unit\u003c\/strong\u003e=35 sq.ft. (3.25 sq. m)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not necessary, adding a small amount of\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSilc-Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigment to every other mix of rubber will help you distinguish one layer from the next. Ensures that you apply a thorough coating each time and help build uniform layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAdd\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThi-Vex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethickener for greater thixotropy—adding a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThi-Vex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill thicken the rubber for filling deep undercuts and detail. Adding 1% of the total volume of your mix will increase thixotropy substantially.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAdd Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto your initial mix to lower the viscosity of your “print coat”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply A Support Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Once the mold is fully cured, a rigid support shell (mother mold) is necessary to support the rubber mold during casting.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlastiPaste™ II\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a trowelable plastic and is ideal as a mother mold material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow the mold to cure at least 6 hours at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F \/18°C. You can cure the mold faster by applying mild heat (150°F\/60°C) for 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210554695980,"sku":"115605","price":50.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210554728748,"sku":"115606","price":361.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210554761516,"sku":"115607","price":1758.35,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-rebound-25.jpg?v=1778703965"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-ure-fil-3-ceramic-filler","title":"Smooth-On Ure-Fil 3 Ceramic Filler","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efillers disperse easily in Smooth-On materials. They can be added to materials in different proportions to achieve a variety of working properties and effects. Some fillers are designed for cost-savings, others are designed for specific casting effects or improved physical properties. Other\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efillers are designed specifically for thickening materials for brush-on or trowelable application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- ceramic filler which is added to urethane resins and castable epoxies to reduce cost. Recommended starting mix ratio is 1A to 1B to 1 part\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efillers must be thoroughly dispersed in liquid rubber or resin to a uniform consistency. When adding large concentrations of filler, it is recommended to add the filler to completely mixed rubber or resin - combine both parts A and B of rubber or resin, mix throughly, then add filler. Mix the filler in and confirm that there are no lumps of filler present. Often, employing the ‘double-mix and pour’ technique can produce better results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuarding Against Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- All powder fillers will absorb atmospheric moisture over time which will react with urethane materials. If you experience bubbling or foaming in your resin\/filler mix, your filler probably contains moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemedy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLine a cookie sheet with foil and spread filler evenly over the cookie sheet at 3\/8”-1\/2” thickness (0.95 cm-1.25 cm). Place in an oven on warm setting (150°F \/ 60°C) and bake for 4 hours. Remove cookie sheet from oven (don’t burn yourself!). Let filler cool to room temperature before mixing with urethane materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent moisture absorption, use filler as quickly as possible after purchasing. Decant filler from container and replace lid immediately...do not leave container opened for more than a minute. If filler will be stored for prolonged periods, obtain dessicant pouches at your local hobby\/arts and crafts store and place one or two dessicant pouches in container. Replace used dessicant pouches every other time you open container. Make sure container lid is secure before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712172249388,"sku":"115626","price":51.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/ure-ceramic-filler.png?v=1781217961"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-ignite-fluor-color-orange","title":"Smooth-On Ignite Fluorescent","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite\u003c\/strong\u003e™ line of liquid fluorescent colorants is compatible with Smooth-On urethane rubbers, plastics, foams (rigid and flexible) and epoxy resins. The fluorescent or “glow” effect is maximized under ultra-violet light or “black light.” The most dramatic color effect is realized when an Ignite™ colorant is used with a clear or translucent rubber (such as Clear Flex™ 50) or plastic (such as Smooth-Cast™ 325 or EpoxAcast™ 690).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes castings made with Ignite™ colorants appear to glow?\u003c\/strong\u003eWhen you add Ignite™ fluorescent color to a urethane material, more ultraviolet light from the cured material is visible to your eye vs. castings made with SO Strong™ colorants. Castings appear brighter in ambient light and appear to glow under UV light (black light).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":53059000271148,"sku":"115652","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magenta","offer_id":53059000303916,"sku":"115655","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":53059000336684,"sku":"115653","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":53059000369452,"sku":"115654","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":53059000402220,"sku":"115651","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":53059000434988,"sku":"115649","price":55.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":53059000467756,"sku":"115650","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/ignite-fluorescent.png?v=1781216232"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-cryptolyt-black-lite-add","title":"Smooth-On Cryptolyte Black-Light Additive - 1oz","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCryptolyte™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a translucent liquid additive that causes cured Smooth-On silicone rubbers, urethane rubbers, plastics or foams to glow a bright blue under a focused ultra violet light source (blacklight). You will not see the glow effect without an UV light source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen mixed at low percentages it will not affect clarity or color of material. For example,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCryptolyte™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecan be added to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewater clear resins and the glow effect will not be evident until the casting is illuminated by a UV light source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much To Add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To get you started, we offer the following loading level recommendation. Results may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBy Weight Using A Gram Scale:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e1 part for every 100 parts of mixed material (A+B).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBy Volume Measured In Drops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAdd 5 drops of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCryptolyte™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eper 3 oz (88 ml) of mixed silicone or urethane material (A+B).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBest “glow” effect is realized when\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCryptolyte™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis added to clear (i.e.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSorta Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethane rubber) or translucent materials (i.e.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications Include\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- special effects, Halloween mask and prop making, theme displays and security (you can make parts that are virtually undetectable in normal light but glow under UV black lighting).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarning:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product is flammable. Exercise extreme caution and follow safety protocol for handling flammable liquids. Refer to MSDS for further safety information.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712173134124,"sku":"115656","price":13.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/cryptolyte-black-light.png?v=1781217878"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-shell-shock-fast-3-min-1-25-qt-kit","title":"Smooth-On Shell Shock Fast","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThixotropic plastic that self thickens when mixed and can be brushed onto a variety of surfaces or into rubber molds. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShell Shock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e™ is ideal for making fast, lightweight rigid molds for creating silicone appliances and effects (use as a replacement for gypsum molds). You can also brush a \"gel coat\" into a rubber mold and back it up with rigid foam, creating a highly detailed lightweight casting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1.25 Quart","offer_id":53310762385708,"sku":"115674","price":60.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.25 Gallon","offer_id":53310762418476,"sku":"115675","price":144.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/sheck-shock-fast.png?v=1781215301"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-shell-shock-slow-8min-1-25-qt-kit","title":"Smooth-On Shell Shock Slow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThixotropic plastic that self thickens when mixed and can be brushed onto a variety of surfaces or into rubber molds. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShell Shock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e™ is ideal for making fast, lightweight rigid molds for creating silicone appliances and effects (use as a replacement for gypsum molds). You can also brush a \"gel coat\" into a rubber mold and back it up with rigid foam, creating a highly detailed lightweight casting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1.25 Quart","offer_id":53310775329068,"sku":"115676","price":85.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.25 Gallon","offer_id":53310775361836,"sku":"115677","price":144.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/shell-shock-slow.png?v=1781215450"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-body-double-standard-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Body Double Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nBody Double™ is a long lasting platinum-cure silicone rubber that can be applied directly to the skin\nto make molds of the face, hands and other body parts.\nThe rubber cures quickly and will reproduce perfect detail from any original model,\nfar better detail than alginate.\nBody Double™ is skin safe and certified by an independent laboratory.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nOne casting or many for about the same price.\nUnlike alginates which are suitable for only one casting,\nBody Double™ will last for many castings of materials including plaster,\nwax, resins, low-temperature melt metal alloys, and other materials.\nThe amount of material used per mold is less than most alginates,\nso the cost per mold is about the same.\nAdding a release additive creates a self-releasing silicone\nthat is easily removed from hair-covered body areas.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nBody Double™ Standard Set is designed for larger surface areas.\nIt has a working time of approximately 5 minutes\nand a demold time of approximately 20 minutes.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nDemold time depends on material temperature,\nambient temperature, and body temperature.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nPreparation\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nStore and use Body Double™ at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C).\nWarmer temperatures reduce working and cure time\nand shorten shelf life.\nThis product has a limited shelf life and should be used promptly.\nWear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves.\nMixing sticks should be flat and stiff\nwith defined edges for scraping containers.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nSafety –\nPerform a small test on the back of your hand\nto ensure there is no allergic reaction to release preparations or mold rubber.\nDo not use if irritation occurs.\nBody Double™ is safe for skin application only\nand must not be ingested.\nDo not use to make molds of the inside of the mouth.\nClosed-lip smile molds are acceptable.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nAvoid open eye contact –\nWhen molding faces,\nsilicone may be applied over closed eyes\nafter applying release cream to eyelashes.\nMaterial must never contact open eyes.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nLife casting is best done with at least three people.\nThe model remains still\nwhile others mix and apply mold rubber and support shell.\nThese materials set quickly.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nCure inhibition –\nSkin must be clean and free of makeup,\ncosmetics, creams, oils, perfumes,\nand aloe-based products.\nDo not use latex gloves.\nIf using a bald cap, ensure it is latex free.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nBecause no two applications are quite the same,\na small test application is recommended\nif performance is in question.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nReleasing Body Double™\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nBody Double™ does not stick to skin\nbut may mechanically lock to hair\nsuch as facial hair, eyebrows, and eyelashes.\nRelease cream or release additive\nwill minimize mechanical lock.\nShaving the molding area is also an option.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nRelease cream is a non-toxic skin conditioner\nthat aids in releasing cured rubber\nfrom skin with or without hair.\nWash skin with soap and water and dry thoroughly.\nLiberally apply release cream to all skin surfaces,\nincluding hair-covered areas.\nAggressively work cream into body hair.\nInsufficient coverage may result in painful removal.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nRelease additive is a non-toxic liquid\nmixed into Body Double™ prior to application.\nIt aids release from both skin and hair-covered areas.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nMeasuring and mixing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nBody Double™ Fast Set is dispensed using a pre-measured cartridge system\nwith a static mixing tube.\nInstall the mixing tube,\nload the cartridge into the dispensing gun,\nand dispense only when ready to apply material.\nMixed material is dispensed directly onto skin\nand spread immediately with a soft bristle brush.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nIf dispensing stops,\nmaterial may cure inside the static mixing tube.\nReplace the tube before resuming.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUnused cartridges may be stored\nwith cured material left inside the static mixing tube.\nReplace tube before reuse.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nBody Double™ Standard Set is available in larger units.\nMix ratio is 1A:1B by volume.\nStir Parts A and B thoroughly.\nDispense equal amounts and mix aggressively,\nscraping sides and bottom of container\nuntil color is uniform.\nApply with a soft bristle brush.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nOptional –\nFor the initial detail coat,\nmaterial may be thinned for easier application.\nSubsequent layers should be applied without thinner.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nAdd material as needed.\nBody Double™ bonds to itself,\nso additional layers can be applied.\nBlend new material carefully with cured sections\nto minimize seam lines.\nFinal mold thickness should be approximately\n1\/4 inch to 1\/2 inch (1 cm).\nAllow full cure before applying support shell.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nApplying a support shell, demolding, and casting\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nPlaster bandages are commonly used\nto create a strong support shell.\nAfter rubber has cured,\napply a thin layer of petroleum jelly\nto the rubber surface.\nApply wetted bandages over the mold surface\nfollowing contours.\nBandages dry in approximately 15 minutes\nand can be removed from the rubber surface.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nDemold rubber from body –\nPeel rubber slowly from skin.\nEncapsulated hair may require careful trimming.\nAvoid cutting skin or mold rubber.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nRemoving release cream –\nMake-up remover or baby oil may be used,\nfollowed by washing with soap and water.\nBaby oil may leave residue.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nCasting –\nSeat rubber mold into support shell before casting.\nRelease agent is generally not required.\nWhen casting platinum-cure silicone, use a release agent.\nWhen casting resins,\nallow rubber to cure a minimum of 60 minutes.\nStore cured molds in the support shell for best results.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Standard \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":53057042317612,"sku":"115683","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fast Set \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":53057042350380,"sku":"115686","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-double-body.png?v=1781649493"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-dragon-skin-20nv","title":"Smooth-On Dragon Skin 20","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eare high performance platinum cure liquid silicone compounds that are used for a variety of applications ranging from creating skin effects and other movie special effects to making production molds for casting a variety of materials. Because of the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esuperior physical properties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand flexibility of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers, they are also used for medical prosthetics and cushioning applications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers are also used for a variety of industrial applications and have a service temperature range of a constant -65°F to +450°F (-53°C to +232°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTime Tested, Versatile Special Effects Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Soft, super-strong and stretchy,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis used around the world to make spectacular skin and creature effects. An infinite number of color effects can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast Magic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eeffects powders. Cured rubber can also be painted with the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePsycho Paint™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy To Use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones are mixed 1A:1B by weight or volume. Liquid rubber can be thinned with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor thickened with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Rubber cures at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) with negligible shrinkage.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum degassing is recommended to minimize air bubbles in cured rubber.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAddition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring and Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume or weight),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter mixing parts A and B, vacuum degassing is recommended to eliminate any entrapped air in liquid rubber. Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. The liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring \/ Post Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure as prescribed at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Using As A Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickening Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis made especially for thickening Smooth-On’s silicones for vertical surface application (making brush-on molds). Different viscosities can be attained by varying the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThinning Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Smooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill lower the viscosity of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efor easier pouring and vacuum degassing. A disadvantage is that ultimate tear and tensile are reduced in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eadded.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not recommended to exceed 10% by weight of total system (A+B).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210429784364,"sku":"115749","price":53.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210429817132,"sku":"115750","price":325.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-dragon-skin-20.jpg?v=1778701505"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-dragon-skin-30nv-slow","title":"Smooth-On Dragon Skin 30","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™ silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eare high performance platinum cure liquid silicone compounds that are used for a variety of applications ranging from creating skin effects and other movie special effects to making production molds for casting a variety of materials. Because of the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esuperior physical properties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand flexibility of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers, they are also used for medical prosthetics and cushioning applications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers are also used for a variety of industrial applications and have a service temperature range of a constant -65°F to +450°F (-53°C to +232°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTime Tested, Versatile Special Effects Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Soft, super-strong and stretchy,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis used around the world to make spectacular skin and creature effects. An infinite number of color effects can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast Magic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eeffects powders. Cured rubber can also be painted with the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePsycho Paint™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy To Use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones are mixed 1A:1B by weight or volume. Liquid rubber can be thinned with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor thickened with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Rubber cures at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) with negligible shrinkage.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum degassing is recommended to minimize air bubbles in cured rubber.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAddition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring and Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume or weight),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter mixing parts A and B, vacuum degassing is recommended to eliminate any entrapped air in liquid rubber. Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. The liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring \/ Post Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure as prescribed at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePost curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176°F\/80°C for 2 hours and 212°F\/100°C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Using As A Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- When first cast, silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to prevent mold degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickening Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis made especially for thickening Smooth-On’s silicones for vertical surface application (making brush-on molds). Different viscosities can be attained by varying the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHI-VEX™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThinning Dragon Skin™ Silicones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Smooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill lower the viscosity of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Skin™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efor easier pouring and vacuum degassing. A disadvantage is that ultimate tear and tensile are reduced in proportion to the amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Thinner™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eadded.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not recommended to exceed 10% by weight of total system (A+B).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210508034348,"sku":"115751","price":51.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210508067116,"sku":"115752","price":321.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-dragon-skin-30.jpg?v=1778702126"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-sorta-clear-18-1-qt-kit","title":"Smooth-On Sorta Clear 18","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e Series rubbers are premium water clear translucent silicone rubbers (platinum catalyst) which cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage. This product requires a gram scale for measuring parts A + B. \u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™ 18\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in Shore 18A hardness and features high tensile and tear strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e silicones are ideal for making prototype, jewelry or other molds of any configuration where model visibility is important (i.e. extracting a model from the mold via cutting). Materials such as urethane, epoxy or polyester resins can then be cast into\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone without application of a release agent. Other materials such as wax and low melt metal alloys can also be cast into\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e can be pigmented with \u003cstrong\u003eSilc Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone pigments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA Clear™ 18\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone rubber is FOOD SAFE and can be used for culinary applications including casting chocolate and other confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™ 18\u003c\/strong\u003e is also skin safe and certified by an independent laboratory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Addition-cure silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, tin-cure silicone, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber. Note: Even with a sealer, platinum silicones will not work with modeling clays containing heavy amounts of sulfur. Do a small scale test for compatibility before using on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when pouring into or over most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a proven release agent for making molds with silicone rubber. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is any question about the effectiveness of a sealer\/release agent combination, a small-scale test should be made on an identical surface for trial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly. After dispensing the required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emix thoroughly for 3 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emaking sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter mixing parts A and B, vacuum degassing is recommended to eliminate any entrapped air in liquid rubber. Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow the material to cure fully at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C) before demolding.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSORTA-Clear™ 18\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecures in 24 hours. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F \/ 18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTime to demold can be reduced with mild heat.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Rubber will darken considerably when exposed to heat.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eNote: Allow mold to cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlat Cat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplatinum silicone accelerator can also be used to accelerate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSorta-Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Post curing the mold will aid in quickly attaining maximum physical and performance properties. After curing at room temperature, expose the rubber to 176° F \/ 80° C for 2 hours and 212° F \/ 100° C for one hour. Allow mold to cool to room temperature before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eRubber will darken considerably when exposed to heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- New silicone rubber molds exhibit natural release characteristics. Depending on what is being cast into the mold, mold lubricity may be depleted over time and parts will begin to stick. No release agent is necessary when casting wax or gypsum. Applying a release agent such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) prior to casting polyurethane, polyester and epoxy resins is recommended to maximize mold life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials such as concrete can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1 Quart","offer_id":53310901944620,"sku":"115870","price":94.49,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gallon","offer_id":53310901977388,"sku":"115871","price":234.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/sorta-clear-18.png?v=1781217569"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/collections\/smooth-on-foam-it-10.png?v=1782337993","url":"https:\/\/goindustrial.com\/collections\/smooth-on.oembed","provider":"Go Industrial","version":"1.0","type":"link"}